1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
221 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
222 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
223 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
224 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
226 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
228 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
229 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
230 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
231 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
232 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
233 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
234 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
235 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
236 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
239 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
241 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
242 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
244 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
246 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
247 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
250 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
251 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
256 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
257 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
258 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
259 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
260 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
261 it's somewhat accurate. */
263 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
265 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
269 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
271 static int input_signal_count
;
274 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
276 static int x_noop_count
;
278 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
280 extern char **initial_argv
;
281 extern int initial_argc
;
283 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
285 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
287 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
289 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
, Qeql
;
293 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
295 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
297 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
299 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
300 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
301 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
303 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
304 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
306 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
309 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
310 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
311 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
312 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
313 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
314 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
316 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
317 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
318 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
319 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
320 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
321 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
322 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
323 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
324 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
325 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
326 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
327 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
328 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
329 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
333 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
334 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
335 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
336 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
338 static int x_focus_changed
P_ ((int,
340 struct x_display_info
*,
342 struct input_event
*,
344 static int x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
346 struct input_event
*,
348 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
350 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
351 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
352 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
354 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
355 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
356 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
358 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
359 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Window
));
360 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
361 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
362 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
364 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
365 static void x_check_fullscreen_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
368 struct input_event
**,
373 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
382 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
383 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
384 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
386 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
387 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
392 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
393 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
394 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
395 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
396 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
399 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
402 /***********************************************************************
404 ***********************************************************************/
408 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
409 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
417 struct record event_record
[100];
419 int event_record_index
;
421 record_event (locus
, type
)
425 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
426 event_record_index
= 0;
428 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
430 event_record_index
++;
437 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
439 struct x_display_info
*
440 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
443 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
445 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
446 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
454 /***********************************************************************
455 Starting and ending an update
456 ***********************************************************************/
458 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
459 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
460 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
461 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
462 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
472 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
473 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
477 x_update_window_begin (w
)
480 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
481 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
484 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
488 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
490 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
491 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
493 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
495 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
496 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
498 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
499 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
500 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
501 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
502 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
503 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
505 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
506 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
507 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
508 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
509 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
510 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
511 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
515 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
516 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
519 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
520 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
529 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
532 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
536 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
538 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
539 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
542 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
544 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
545 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
547 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
548 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
549 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
551 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
552 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
556 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
558 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
560 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
562 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
567 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
569 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
571 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
575 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
576 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
577 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
579 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
580 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
581 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 updated_window
= NULL
;
588 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
595 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
596 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
600 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
606 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
607 complete update has been performed. The global variable
608 updated_window is not available here. */
611 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
616 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
618 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
619 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
622 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
623 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
624 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
625 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
626 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
633 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
634 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
635 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
636 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
637 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
638 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
641 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
642 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
644 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
650 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
653 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
657 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
658 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
659 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
660 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
661 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
662 overhead is very small. */
663 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
664 && desired_row
->full_width_p
665 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
666 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
668 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
671 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
673 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
674 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
675 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
679 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
680 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
682 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
683 y
, width
, height
, False
);
689 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
691 struct glyph_row
*row
;
692 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
694 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
695 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
696 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
697 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
698 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
700 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
701 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
705 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
706 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
707 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
708 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
710 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
712 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
714 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
715 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
718 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
721 if (p
->which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
723 unsigned char *bits
= fringe_bitmaps
[p
->which
].bits
+ p
->dh
;
725 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
727 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
729 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
731 face
->background
, depth
);
732 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
733 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
734 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
737 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
742 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
743 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
744 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
748 XTset_terminal_modes ()
752 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
753 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
756 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
762 /***********************************************************************
764 ***********************************************************************/
766 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
768 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
771 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
772 is not contained in the font. */
775 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
778 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
780 /* The result metric information. */
781 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
783 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
785 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
787 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
789 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
790 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
791 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
792 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
793 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
794 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
795 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
796 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
797 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
798 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
802 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
803 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
804 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
805 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
807 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
808 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
812 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
814 \ = integer modulus */
815 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
816 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
817 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
818 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
820 pcm
= (font
->per_char
821 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
822 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
823 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
829 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
830 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
831 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
832 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
833 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
834 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
838 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
843 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
844 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
847 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
850 struct font_info
*font_info
;
853 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
854 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
856 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
857 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
859 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
861 /* It's a program. */
862 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
864 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
866 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
867 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
872 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
873 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
874 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
877 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
879 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
881 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
882 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
884 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
886 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
888 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
890 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
892 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
893 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
894 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
896 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
897 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
901 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
903 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
908 /***********************************************************************
910 ***********************************************************************/
914 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
915 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
916 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
918 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
919 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
920 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
921 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
922 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
923 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
924 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
925 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
926 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
927 unsigned long *, double, int));
928 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
929 double, int, unsigned long));
930 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
931 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
932 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
933 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
934 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
935 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
937 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
938 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
939 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
940 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
943 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
947 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
952 struct glyph_string
*s
;
954 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
955 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
956 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
958 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
961 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
965 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
966 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
968 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
969 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
970 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
971 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
972 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
973 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
974 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
976 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
977 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
978 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
980 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
981 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
984 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
985 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
986 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
987 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
989 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
990 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
993 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
994 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
996 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1001 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1004 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1005 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1010 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1011 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1012 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1014 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1016 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1017 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1019 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1020 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1021 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1023 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1024 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1025 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1028 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1033 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1034 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1050 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1054 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1055 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1056 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1059 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1060 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1062 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1066 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1067 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1071 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1072 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1074 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1076 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1078 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1081 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1083 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1086 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1088 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1091 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1093 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1094 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1096 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1097 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1099 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1104 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1105 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1108 /* GC must have been set. */
1109 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1113 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1114 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1117 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1118 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1121 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1122 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1127 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1128 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1131 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1132 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1135 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1138 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1139 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1140 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1141 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1142 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1147 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1150 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1151 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1155 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1156 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1157 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1158 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1162 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1163 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1164 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1165 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1166 contains the first component of a composition. */
1169 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1170 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1173 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1174 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1175 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1177 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1181 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1182 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1183 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1184 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1185 s
->background_width
,
1186 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1187 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1188 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1190 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1191 || s
->font_not_found_p
1192 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1195 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1196 s
->background_width
,
1197 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1198 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1204 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1207 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1208 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1212 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1213 of S to the right of that box line. */
1214 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1215 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1216 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1220 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1222 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1224 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1226 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1227 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1228 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1230 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1235 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1236 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1238 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1239 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1241 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1243 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1244 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1246 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1247 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1248 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1249 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1250 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1251 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1252 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1254 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1256 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1257 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1259 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1260 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1265 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1266 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1268 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1269 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1272 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1274 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1275 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1277 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1278 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1280 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1281 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1286 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1289 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1290 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1294 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1295 of S to the right of that box line. */
1296 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1297 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1298 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1302 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1303 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1304 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1305 this composition. */
1307 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1308 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1309 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1312 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1313 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1317 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1319 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1320 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1321 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1324 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1325 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1326 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1333 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1335 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1336 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1337 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1338 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1339 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1342 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1343 cannot be determined. */
1345 static struct frame
*
1346 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1349 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1353 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1355 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1356 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1357 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1358 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1359 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1360 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1362 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1363 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1364 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1365 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1366 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1367 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1368 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1369 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1376 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1377 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1378 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1379 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1382 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1387 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1388 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1392 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1393 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1394 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1395 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1396 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1397 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1400 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1404 unsigned long *pixel
;
1408 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1409 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1413 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1414 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1416 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1418 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1420 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1425 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1426 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1428 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1431 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1433 DPY is the display we are working on.
1435 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1436 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1437 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1438 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1440 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1441 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1443 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1444 we allocated the color or not.
1446 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1449 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1453 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1454 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1464 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1465 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1467 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1471 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1472 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1473 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1475 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1477 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1478 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1480 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1482 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1483 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1485 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1486 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1488 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1489 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1494 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1496 params
[0] = color_name
;
1497 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1498 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1499 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1504 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1506 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1508 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1512 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1516 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1517 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1520 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1525 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1526 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1527 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1529 APP is the application context in which we work.
1531 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1532 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1533 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1535 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1538 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1547 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1549 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1552 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1554 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1555 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1556 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1557 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1558 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1563 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1566 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1567 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1568 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1569 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1571 static const XColor
*
1572 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1576 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1578 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1580 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1583 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1584 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1585 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1586 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1587 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1589 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1590 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1592 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1593 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1596 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1597 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1601 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1602 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1605 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1610 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1612 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1615 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1617 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1618 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1619 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1620 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1624 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1628 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1629 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1632 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1636 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1640 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1641 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1642 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1646 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1653 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1656 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1657 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1658 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1659 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1661 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1663 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1665 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1667 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1668 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1669 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1670 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1672 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1675 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1679 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1680 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1681 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1682 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1686 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1687 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1688 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1689 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1690 XColor
*cached_color
;
1692 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1693 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1694 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1695 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1696 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1698 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1699 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1700 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1704 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1706 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1707 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1713 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1714 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1715 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1719 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1724 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1725 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1729 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1730 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1731 get color reference counts right. */
1734 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1736 unsigned long pixel
;
1740 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1742 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1743 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1745 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1746 register_color (pixel
);
1752 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1753 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1754 get color reference counts right. */
1757 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1760 unsigned long pixel
;
1764 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1766 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1767 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1769 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1770 register_color (pixel
);
1776 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1779 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1780 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1781 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1782 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1783 use an additional additive factor.
1785 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1786 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1787 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1790 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1791 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1792 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1793 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1794 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1795 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1798 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1802 unsigned long *pixel
;
1810 /* Get RGB color values. */
1811 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1812 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1814 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1815 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1816 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1817 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1818 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1820 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1821 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1823 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1824 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1825 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1826 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1827 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1829 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1830 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1831 /* The additive adjustment. */
1832 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1836 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1837 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1838 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1842 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1843 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1844 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1848 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1849 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1852 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1854 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1855 delta to the RGB values. */
1856 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1858 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1859 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1860 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1861 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1872 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1873 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1874 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1875 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1876 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1877 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1880 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1882 struct relief
*relief
;
1885 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1888 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1889 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1890 unsigned long pixel
;
1891 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1892 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1893 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1894 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1896 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1897 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1899 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1900 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1901 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1903 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1905 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1906 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1909 /* Allocate new color. */
1910 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1912 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1913 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1915 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1916 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1919 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1921 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1923 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1926 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1930 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1933 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1934 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1936 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1937 unsigned long color
;
1939 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1940 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1941 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1943 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1944 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1949 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1950 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1951 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1954 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1955 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1957 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1958 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1959 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1960 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1961 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1966 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1967 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1968 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1969 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1970 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1971 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1975 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
1976 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
1978 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
1979 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
1981 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1982 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1987 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1989 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1990 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1993 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1994 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1995 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1996 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2000 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2001 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2002 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2004 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2006 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2008 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2009 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2012 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2013 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2014 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2015 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2019 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2020 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2021 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2023 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2027 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2028 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2029 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2030 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2031 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2032 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2035 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2036 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2037 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2038 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2039 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2043 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2044 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2045 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2048 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2049 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2053 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2054 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2057 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2058 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2062 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2063 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2065 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2066 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2070 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2073 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2074 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2076 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2077 int left_p
, right_p
;
2078 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2079 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2081 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2082 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2083 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2085 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2086 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2087 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2088 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2091 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2092 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2094 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2096 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2097 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2099 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2101 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2103 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2105 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2106 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2108 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2109 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2110 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2112 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2114 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2116 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2117 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2118 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2121 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2122 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2123 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2128 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2131 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2132 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2135 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2137 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2138 right of that line. */
2139 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2140 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2141 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2147 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2148 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2154 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2155 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2156 trust on the shape extension to be available
2157 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2159 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2162 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2164 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2165 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2166 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2167 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2168 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2170 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2173 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2174 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2175 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2176 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2177 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2181 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2183 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2186 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2187 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2188 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2189 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2190 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2192 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2193 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2194 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2195 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2196 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2197 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2198 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2200 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2202 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2203 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2208 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2209 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2210 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2214 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2217 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2218 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2220 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2223 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2225 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2226 right of that line. */
2227 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2228 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2229 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2233 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2235 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2236 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2238 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2239 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2241 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2242 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2246 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2247 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2252 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2253 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2255 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2256 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2257 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2261 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2264 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2265 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2269 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2271 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2272 right of that line. */
2273 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2274 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2275 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2279 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2281 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2282 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2288 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2289 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2290 trust on the shape extension to be available
2291 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2293 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2297 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2298 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2299 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2300 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2301 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2303 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2304 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2305 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2309 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2310 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2312 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2313 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2314 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2315 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2316 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2317 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2318 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2320 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2322 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2323 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2328 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2329 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2330 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2334 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2335 give the rectangle to draw. */
2338 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2339 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2344 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2345 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2346 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2347 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2350 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2354 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2357 s->x +-------------------------
2360 | +-------------------------
2363 | | +-------------------
2369 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2370 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2373 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2374 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2376 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2378 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2381 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2382 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2384 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2385 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2389 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2390 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2392 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2393 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2397 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2401 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2402 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2403 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2404 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2405 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2407 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2408 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2409 s
->background_width
,
2412 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2414 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2416 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2419 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2421 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2422 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2423 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2428 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2430 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2431 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2432 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2433 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2437 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2439 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2442 /* Draw the foreground. */
2445 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2446 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2447 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2448 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2449 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2452 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2454 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2456 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2457 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2458 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2462 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2465 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2466 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2468 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2469 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2471 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2472 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2474 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2475 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2476 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2479 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2481 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2482 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2484 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2485 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2489 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2490 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2492 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2498 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2499 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2501 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2503 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2504 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2505 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2506 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2511 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2512 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2513 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2514 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2518 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2519 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2522 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2526 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2529 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2530 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2532 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2534 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2535 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2536 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2537 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2539 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2540 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2541 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2542 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2545 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2546 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2548 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2549 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2550 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2551 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2552 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2553 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2556 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2557 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2558 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2559 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2563 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2565 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2568 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2572 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2576 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2577 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2579 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2580 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2583 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2584 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2585 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2587 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2588 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2595 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2597 /* Draw underline. */
2598 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2600 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2603 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2604 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2607 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2608 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2609 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2610 specs, and its default is
2612 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2613 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2615 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2616 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2617 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2618 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2619 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2621 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2623 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2624 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2625 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2629 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2630 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2631 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2632 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2633 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2637 /* Draw overline. */
2638 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2640 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2642 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2643 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2648 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2649 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2650 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2652 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2656 /* Draw strike-through. */
2657 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2659 unsigned long h
= 1;
2660 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2662 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2663 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2668 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2669 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2670 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2672 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2676 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2677 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2678 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2681 /* Reset clipping. */
2682 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2685 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2688 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2690 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2692 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2693 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2694 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2698 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2709 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2710 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2713 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2720 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2721 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2725 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2726 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2736 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2738 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2740 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2741 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2742 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2744 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2745 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2747 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2749 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2750 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2751 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2753 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2756 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2764 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2766 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2767 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2769 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2772 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2773 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2776 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2777 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2779 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2780 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2781 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2783 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2784 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2788 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2790 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2791 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2795 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2797 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2798 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2800 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2802 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2814 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2815 pixels into background pixels. */
2819 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2820 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2821 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2823 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2824 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2828 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2829 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2830 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2831 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2832 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2833 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2834 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2838 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2839 edge it is next to. */
2840 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2842 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2843 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2846 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2847 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2854 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2856 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2857 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2859 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2861 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2862 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2863 width
, flash_height
);
2864 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2866 (height
- flash_height
2867 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2868 width
, flash_height
);
2871 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2872 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2873 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2874 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2879 struct timeval wakeup
;
2881 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2883 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2884 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2885 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2886 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2888 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2890 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2892 struct timeval current
;
2893 struct timeval timeout
;
2895 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2897 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2898 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2901 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2903 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2905 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2906 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2910 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2911 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2913 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2915 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2916 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2917 width
, flash_height
);
2918 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2920 (height
- flash_height
2921 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2922 width
, flash_height
);
2925 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2928 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2930 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2938 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2941 /* Make audible bell. */
2946 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2948 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2950 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2957 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
2958 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2965 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
2966 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
2967 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
2968 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
2971 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
2974 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
2979 /***********************************************************************
2981 ***********************************************************************/
2983 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
2984 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
2987 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
2994 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
2997 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3001 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3002 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3004 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3005 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3007 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3009 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3010 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3011 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3015 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3016 line at the bottom. */
3017 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3018 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3020 height
= run
->height
;
3024 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3026 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3027 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3029 height
= run
->height
;
3034 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3038 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3039 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3040 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3050 /***********************************************************************
3052 ***********************************************************************/
3059 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3060 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3061 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3062 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3064 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3065 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3067 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3071 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3074 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3075 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3076 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3077 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3079 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3080 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3082 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3085 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3086 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3087 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3088 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3089 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3092 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3093 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3094 struct frame
*frame
;
3096 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3098 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3100 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3101 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3102 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3104 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3105 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3108 selected_frame
= frame
;
3109 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3111 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3112 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3115 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3116 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3118 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3121 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3124 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3125 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3126 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP.
3127 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3130 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
, numchars
)
3133 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3134 struct frame
*frame
;
3135 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3140 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3142 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3144 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3145 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3147 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3148 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3150 && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3151 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3152 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3154 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3155 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3163 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3166 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3167 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3170 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3172 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3174 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3176 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3177 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3181 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3182 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3189 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3190 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3192 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3195 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
, numchars
)
3196 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3198 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3201 struct frame
*frame
;
3204 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3205 if (! frame
) return nr_events
;
3207 switch (event
->type
)
3211 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3212 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3213 && ! (frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3214 nr_events
= x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
3215 ? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3225 nr_events
= x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3226 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
3227 ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3239 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3242 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3243 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3245 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3248 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3249 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3250 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3252 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3253 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3254 the appropriate X display info. */
3257 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3258 struct frame
*frame
;
3260 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3264 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3265 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3267 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3269 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3271 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3272 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3273 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3274 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3275 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3277 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3278 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3282 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3284 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3287 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3288 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3289 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3295 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3297 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3299 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3300 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3302 int min_code
, max_code
;
3305 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3307 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3308 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3309 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3310 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3311 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3314 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3316 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3317 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3320 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3321 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3323 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3325 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3326 Alt keysyms are on. */
3328 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3330 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3331 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3334 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3336 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3340 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3344 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3346 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3352 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3357 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3367 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3371 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3372 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3373 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3381 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3382 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3384 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3385 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3388 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3389 make them just meta, not alt. */
3390 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3392 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3395 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3396 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3399 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3403 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3404 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3407 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3408 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3409 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3410 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3413 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3414 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3415 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3416 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3417 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3418 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3419 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3420 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3423 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3424 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3425 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3426 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3427 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3428 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3432 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3436 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3437 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3438 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3439 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3443 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3444 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3445 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3446 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3447 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3448 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3449 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3450 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3453 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3454 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3455 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3456 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3457 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3458 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3461 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3464 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3470 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3478 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3480 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3482 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3486 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3487 struct input_event
*result
;
3488 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3491 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3493 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3494 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3495 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3496 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3498 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3502 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3503 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3504 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3510 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3511 The input handler calls this.
3513 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3514 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3515 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3516 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3518 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3519 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3522 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3524 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3526 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3527 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3528 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3530 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3532 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3533 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3534 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3537 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3538 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3539 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3540 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3541 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3543 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3544 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3545 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3550 /************************************************************************
3552 ************************************************************************/
3555 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3557 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3558 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3559 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3560 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3561 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3565 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3568 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3569 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3570 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3574 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3582 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3585 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3586 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3587 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3589 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3592 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3593 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3596 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
3599 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3600 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3601 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3602 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3612 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3613 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3615 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3616 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3617 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3618 position on the scroll bar.
3620 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3621 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3624 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3625 was at this position.
3627 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3629 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3633 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3636 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3637 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3639 unsigned long *time
;
3645 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3646 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3652 Window dummy_window
;
3655 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3657 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3658 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3659 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3660 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3662 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3664 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3665 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3666 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3668 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3671 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3672 a different screen. */
3675 /* The position on that root window. */
3678 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3681 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3683 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3685 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3686 containing the pointer. */
3690 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3695 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3696 structure is changing at the same time this function
3697 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3699 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3701 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3702 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3704 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3705 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3706 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3708 /* From-window, to-window. */
3709 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3711 /* From-position, to-position. */
3712 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3716 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3722 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3724 /* From-window, to-window. */
3727 /* From-position, to-position. */
3728 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3733 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3741 /* Now we know that:
3742 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3743 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3744 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3745 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3746 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3747 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3748 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3749 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3750 never use them in that case.) */
3752 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3753 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3755 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3756 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3759 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3760 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3762 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3765 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3768 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3770 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3773 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
3777 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3783 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3784 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3788 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3789 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3790 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3791 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3792 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3793 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3794 the frame are divided into. */
3796 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3799 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3800 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3803 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3804 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3808 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3809 round down even for negative values. */
3814 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3815 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3817 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3818 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3819 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3820 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3826 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3827 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3828 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3838 /***********************************************************************
3840 ***********************************************************************/
3842 /* Scroll bar support. */
3844 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
3845 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3848 static struct scroll_bar
*
3849 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
3855 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (window_id
);
3856 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3858 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3859 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3862 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3864 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3865 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3866 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3869 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3871 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3872 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3873 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3874 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3875 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3878 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3879 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
3880 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3887 #if defined USE_LUCID
3889 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3890 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3893 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3898 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3899 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3902 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3903 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3905 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3912 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3915 /************************************************************************
3917 ************************************************************************/
3919 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3921 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3922 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3923 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3924 struct scroll_bar
*));
3925 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3929 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3930 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3932 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3934 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3936 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3938 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3939 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3942 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3944 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3946 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3948 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3949 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3950 to avoid jerkyness. */
3952 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3954 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
3956 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3957 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3958 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3959 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3962 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3965 XtPointer client_data
;
3969 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3975 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3976 end_action
= "Release";
3977 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3978 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3979 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3980 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3983 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3984 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3988 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3989 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3990 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
3992 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
3994 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
3995 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
3996 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
3998 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
3999 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4001 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4002 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4005 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4007 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4008 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4010 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4011 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4014 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4015 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4016 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4017 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4020 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4022 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4025 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4026 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4027 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4032 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4033 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4034 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4035 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4036 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4039 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4040 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4041 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4042 into that array in the event. */
4043 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4044 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4047 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4049 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4050 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4051 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4053 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4055 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4056 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4059 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4060 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4061 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4062 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4063 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4064 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4066 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4067 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4069 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4070 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4071 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4072 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4077 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4081 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4083 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4085 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4090 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4091 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4093 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4094 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4096 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4097 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4100 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4102 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4104 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4105 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4106 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4107 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4108 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4114 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4116 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4119 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4120 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4121 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4124 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4126 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4128 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4129 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4130 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4134 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4135 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4136 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4139 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4140 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4141 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4144 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4145 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4146 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4149 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4150 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4151 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4155 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4156 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4159 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4160 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4161 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4168 /* Get the slider size. */
4170 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4173 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4174 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4175 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4176 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4180 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4186 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4187 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4188 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4193 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4195 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4196 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4199 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4203 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4209 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4210 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4212 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4214 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4216 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4219 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4221 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4227 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4229 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4231 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4232 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4234 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4236 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4237 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4239 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4241 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4242 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4244 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4246 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4247 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4251 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4252 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4253 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4254 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4259 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4260 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4261 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4265 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4267 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4268 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4269 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4273 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4275 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4277 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4278 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4280 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4283 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4285 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4289 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4291 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4292 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4293 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4294 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4295 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4297 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4299 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4301 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4302 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4303 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4304 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4308 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4309 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4310 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4311 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4312 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4313 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4314 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4317 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4319 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4321 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4322 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4323 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4327 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4329 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4332 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4333 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4335 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4336 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4337 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4338 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4340 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4342 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4344 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4345 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4348 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4349 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4351 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4353 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4354 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4358 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4360 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4362 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4365 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4370 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4373 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4375 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4381 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4382 unsigned long pixel
;
4387 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4388 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4389 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4390 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4391 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4392 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4393 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4394 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4396 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4399 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4403 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4406 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4410 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4411 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4413 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4414 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4416 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4418 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4420 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4422 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4426 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4429 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4430 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4432 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4433 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4434 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4435 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4437 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4439 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4440 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4441 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4442 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4443 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4444 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4445 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4446 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4448 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4451 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4455 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4458 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4462 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4464 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4465 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4467 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4468 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4469 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4471 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4473 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4475 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4476 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4477 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4479 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4482 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4484 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4485 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4486 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4488 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4492 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4493 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4494 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4496 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4498 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4501 /* Specify the colors. */
4502 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4505 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4508 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4511 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4516 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4517 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4521 char *val
= initial
;
4522 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4523 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4525 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4526 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4527 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4528 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4532 /* Define callbacks. */
4533 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4534 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4537 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4538 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4540 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4542 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4543 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4544 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4545 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4547 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4548 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4549 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4550 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4554 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4557 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4558 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4562 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4563 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4564 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4566 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4569 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4571 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4572 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4573 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4575 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4576 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4583 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4584 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4585 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4586 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4587 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4588 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4589 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4590 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4591 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4592 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4593 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4594 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4595 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4596 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4603 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4604 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4607 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4611 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4612 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4614 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4615 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4616 size
= max (size
, 1);
4618 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4619 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4620 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4622 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4624 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4630 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4631 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4635 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4637 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4638 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4639 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4643 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4644 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4645 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4648 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4649 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4651 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4652 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4653 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4654 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4656 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4657 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4661 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4662 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4664 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4665 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4667 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4668 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4669 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4670 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4671 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4674 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4675 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4676 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4678 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4681 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4682 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4687 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4691 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4693 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4697 /************************************************************************
4698 Scroll bars, general
4699 ************************************************************************/
4701 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4702 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4703 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4706 static struct scroll_bar
*
4707 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4709 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4711 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4712 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4713 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4717 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4718 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4719 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4721 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4725 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4726 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4727 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4729 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4730 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4732 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4734 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4736 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4737 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4738 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4739 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4740 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4742 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4744 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4745 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4746 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4748 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4750 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4757 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4759 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4761 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4762 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4763 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4764 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4765 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4766 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4767 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4768 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4770 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4771 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4773 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4774 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4775 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4777 /* Map the window/widget. */
4778 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4781 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4782 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4784 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4785 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4789 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4790 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4791 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4792 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4793 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4795 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4796 max (height
, 1), 0);
4797 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4798 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4800 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4801 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4802 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4809 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4811 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4812 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4813 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4816 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4817 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4818 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4819 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4820 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4822 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4825 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4826 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4830 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4831 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4832 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4833 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4835 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4837 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4838 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4844 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4845 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4846 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4848 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4849 the distance between start and end. */
4851 int length
= end
- start
;
4855 else if (start
> top_range
)
4857 end
= start
+ length
;
4861 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4865 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4866 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4867 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4869 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4870 if (end
> top_range
)
4873 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4874 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4875 that many pixels tall. */
4876 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4878 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4879 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4881 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4882 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4883 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4884 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4885 inside_width
, start
,
4888 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4889 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4890 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4891 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4893 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4894 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4895 /* x, y, width, height */
4896 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4897 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4898 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4900 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4901 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4902 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4903 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4905 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4906 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4907 if (end
< inside_height
)
4908 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4909 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4910 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4911 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4912 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4920 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4922 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4926 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4927 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4929 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4932 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4934 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4935 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4936 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4937 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4939 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4942 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4943 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4949 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4950 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4951 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4955 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4957 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4959 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4960 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4961 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4962 int window_y
, window_height
;
4964 /* Get window dimensions. */
4965 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4967 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4968 height
= window_height
;
4970 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4971 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4973 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4974 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4975 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4976 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4980 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4981 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4982 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4983 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4985 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4987 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4988 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4993 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4994 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4996 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4999 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5000 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5004 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5008 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5009 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5011 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5015 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5017 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5019 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5021 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5024 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5028 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5029 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5031 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5032 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5036 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5038 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5039 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5040 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5041 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5042 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5043 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5045 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5046 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5048 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5049 max (height
, 1), 0);
5051 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5052 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5054 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5055 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5056 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5058 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5059 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5061 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5062 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5063 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5067 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5068 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5069 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5072 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5073 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5074 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5076 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5077 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5078 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5079 rest
, height
, False
);
5081 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5082 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5086 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5091 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5093 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5095 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5099 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5101 /* Remember new settings. */
5102 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5103 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5104 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5105 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5111 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5112 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5113 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5115 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5117 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5120 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5123 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5124 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5125 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5128 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5130 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5134 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5135 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5136 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5137 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5138 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5139 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5140 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5142 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5143 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5144 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5147 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5150 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5151 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5154 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5155 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5156 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5157 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5158 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5159 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5160 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5165 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5166 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5169 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5170 struct window
*window
;
5172 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5175 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5176 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5179 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5181 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5182 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5183 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5185 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5187 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5188 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5190 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5191 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5192 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5194 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5195 one or the other! */
5199 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5201 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5202 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5204 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5206 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5207 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5208 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5211 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5212 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5215 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5218 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5220 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5222 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5223 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5224 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5226 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5228 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5230 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5233 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5236 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5237 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5241 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5242 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5243 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5245 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5249 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5253 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5254 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5255 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5256 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5260 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5262 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5263 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5265 /* x, y, width, height */
5267 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5268 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5273 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5275 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5276 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5278 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5283 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5284 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5286 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5288 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5291 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5292 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5293 emacs_event
->modifiers
5294 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5295 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5296 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5297 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5300 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5301 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5302 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5305 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5307 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5310 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5311 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5314 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5316 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5317 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5318 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5319 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5321 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5323 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5324 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5325 whether or not we're dragging. */
5327 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5329 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5330 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5331 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5334 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5335 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5336 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5337 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5339 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5340 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5342 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5347 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5349 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5351 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5352 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5354 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5356 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5359 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5363 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5365 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5367 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5371 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5372 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5375 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5377 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5380 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5382 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5383 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5385 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5386 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5388 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5390 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5392 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5397 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5399 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5400 on the scroll bar. */
5403 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5405 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5406 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5408 unsigned long *time
;
5410 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5411 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5412 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5414 Window dummy_window
;
5416 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5420 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5422 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5424 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5425 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5426 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5428 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5431 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5438 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5441 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5443 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5445 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5446 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5450 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5454 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5456 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5457 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5458 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5459 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5460 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5461 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5463 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5465 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5466 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5469 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5472 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5478 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5479 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5480 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5484 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5487 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5490 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5491 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5492 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5493 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5494 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5495 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5496 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5497 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5499 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5503 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5505 struct selection_event_queue
5508 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5511 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5513 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5515 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5517 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5520 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5524 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5525 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5527 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5529 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5530 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5535 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5536 so that they get processed afresh. */
5539 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5542 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5544 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5545 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5546 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5547 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5551 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5554 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5557 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5560 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5563 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5566 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5567 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5570 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5573 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5574 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5575 sometimes don't work. */
5577 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5580 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5581 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5582 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5583 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5585 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5586 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5588 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5590 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5591 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5593 static int temp_index
;
5594 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5596 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5597 on a particular display. */
5599 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5601 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5602 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5603 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5604 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5606 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5608 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5611 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5612 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5613 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5614 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5615 if (numchars >= 1) \
5617 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5618 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
5627 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5628 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5638 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5639 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5640 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5642 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5644 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5648 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5652 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5653 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5654 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5657 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5658 event
->xclient
.window
);
5660 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5665 static struct x_display_info
*current_dpyinfo
;
5666 static struct input_event
**current_bufp
;
5667 static int *current_numcharsp
;
5668 static int current_count
;
5669 static int current_finish
;
5671 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5672 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5673 so we have a chanse to act on the event before GTK. */
5674 static GdkFilterReturn
5675 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5680 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*)gxev
;
5682 if (current_numcharsp
)
5685 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5686 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5687 so we do it here. */
5688 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5689 if (x_filter_event (current_dpyinfo
, xev
))
5690 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5692 current_count
+= handle_one_xevent (current_dpyinfo
,
5699 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, GDK_DISPLAY ());
5701 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5702 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5704 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5706 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5709 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5711 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5712 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5713 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5715 Events representing keys are stored in buffer *BUFP_R,
5716 which can hold up to *NUMCHARSP characters.
5717 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5720 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, bufp_r
, numcharsp
, finish
)
5721 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5723 /* register */ struct input_event
**bufp_r
;
5724 /* register */ int *numcharsp
;
5730 struct coding_system coding
;
5731 struct input_event
*bufp
= *bufp_r
;
5732 int numchars
= *numcharsp
;
5733 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5735 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5741 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5742 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5743 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5745 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5746 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5748 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5749 could be the shell widget window
5750 if the frame has no title bar. */
5751 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5753 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5754 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5755 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5757 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5758 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5759 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5760 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5761 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5764 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5765 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5766 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5767 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5770 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5771 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5772 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5775 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5776 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5777 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5778 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5779 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5780 /* The ICCCM says this is
5781 the only valid choice. */
5783 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5784 /* This is needed to detect the error
5785 if there is an error. */
5787 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5789 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5792 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5793 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5795 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5796 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5797 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5798 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5799 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5800 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5801 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5802 session manager and one for this. */
5805 && ! x_session_have_connection ()
5809 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5810 event
.xclient
.window
);
5811 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5812 for a single Emacs process. */
5813 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5814 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5815 event
.xclient
.window
,
5816 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5818 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5819 event
.xclient
.window
,
5823 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5824 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5827 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5828 event
.xclient
.window
);
5835 bufp
->kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5836 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
5844 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5847 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5848 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5851 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5852 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5856 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5858 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5859 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5863 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5868 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5869 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5872 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5873 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5876 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5877 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5879 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5880 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5882 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5883 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5884 currently never do because we are interested in
5885 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5886 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5888 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5889 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5890 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5892 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5893 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5894 we construct an input_event. */
5895 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5896 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5898 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
5899 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
5902 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5908 case SelectionNotify
:
5909 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5910 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5912 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5913 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5916 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5917 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5918 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5920 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5922 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5927 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5928 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5929 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5930 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5931 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5940 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5941 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5942 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5944 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5945 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5946 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5950 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5951 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5956 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5957 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5958 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5959 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5960 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
5961 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
5962 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5963 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5972 case PropertyNotify
:
5973 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5974 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5975 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5976 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5977 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5981 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5984 case ReparentNotify
:
5985 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5989 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5990 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5998 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6001 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6003 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6005 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6006 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6007 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6008 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6012 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6013 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6017 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6018 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6020 #if defined USE_LUCID
6021 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6022 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6023 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6026 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6028 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6030 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6032 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6033 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6035 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6036 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6039 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6040 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6043 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6044 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6048 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6049 source area was obscured or not
6051 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6055 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6056 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6057 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6059 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6062 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6065 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6066 source area was completely
6071 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6072 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6075 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6078 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6079 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6080 the frame was deleted. */
6082 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6083 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6084 display that won't ever be seen. */
6085 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6086 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6087 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6088 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6089 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6090 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6091 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6092 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6094 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6096 bufp
->kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6097 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6107 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6108 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6109 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6112 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6113 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6114 frame is visible. */
6115 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6118 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6119 the frame's display structures.
6120 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6121 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6122 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6123 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6124 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6125 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6127 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6128 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6129 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6133 bufp
->kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6134 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6140 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6141 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6142 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6143 to update the frame titles
6144 in case this is the second frame. */
6145 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6151 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6152 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6153 if (popup_activated ())
6157 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6159 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6161 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6162 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6165 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6168 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6169 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6170 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6172 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6174 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6175 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6178 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6182 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6183 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6184 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6187 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6188 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6189 status_return even if the input is too long to
6190 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6191 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6192 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6193 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6194 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6195 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6196 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6198 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6201 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6202 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6203 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6205 /* This will have to go some day... */
6207 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6208 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6209 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6210 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6211 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6212 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6213 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6215 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6216 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6217 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6218 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6219 not it is combined with Meta. */
6220 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6221 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6226 Status status_return
;
6228 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6229 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6230 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6231 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6233 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6235 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6236 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6237 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6238 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6239 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6242 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6243 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6244 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6245 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6246 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6247 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6248 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6249 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6251 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6253 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6254 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6255 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6258 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6264 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6266 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6271 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6272 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6276 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6277 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6280 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6281 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6285 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6291 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6292 translations to characters. */
6293 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6294 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6296 bufp
->kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6297 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6298 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6301 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6303 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6308 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6309 else if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6310 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6314 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6315 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6316 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6317 bufp
->code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6318 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6321 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6323 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6328 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6329 else if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6330 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6331 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6332 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6333 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6335 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6336 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6338 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6339 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6340 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6341 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6342 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6343 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6345 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6346 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6348 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6349 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6351 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6352 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6354 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6355 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6357 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6358 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6360 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6361 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6363 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6364 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6366 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6367 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6369 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6370 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6372 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6373 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6375 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6376 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6378 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6379 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6381 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6382 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6384 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6385 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6386 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6387 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6388 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6389 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6391 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6392 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6395 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6397 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6398 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6399 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6400 don't have real modifiers but
6401 should be treated similarly to
6402 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6403 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6404 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6406 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6407 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6411 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
6413 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
6414 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6416 bufp
->kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6417 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6418 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6421 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6423 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6428 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
6429 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6434 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6435 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6436 we used just above and the locale. */
6437 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6438 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6439 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6440 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6441 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6442 gives us composition information. */
6443 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6445 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6447 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
6450 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
6454 /* Decode the input data. */
6458 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6459 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6460 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6461 /* We explicitly disable composition
6462 handling because key data should
6463 not contain any composition
6465 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6466 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
6468 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6469 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6473 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6474 character events. */
6475 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6477 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6478 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6480 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6483 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6484 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6485 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6487 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6490 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6492 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6499 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6509 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6510 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6519 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6520 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6531 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6534 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6537 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6540 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6542 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6543 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6545 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6547 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6548 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6551 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6552 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6555 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6556 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6557 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6558 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6566 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6569 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6579 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6582 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6586 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6589 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6591 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6592 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6593 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6594 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6597 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6598 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6599 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6600 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6601 if (any_help_event_p
)
6606 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6607 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6608 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
6609 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6610 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6620 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6623 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6631 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6632 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6635 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6636 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6637 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6639 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6641 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6643 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6644 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6650 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6651 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6655 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6656 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6659 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6660 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6661 will be selected iff it is active. */
6663 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6664 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6667 bufp
->kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6668 bufp
->frame_or_window
= window
;
6670 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
6675 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6679 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6680 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6681 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
6684 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6685 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6687 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6688 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6689 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6692 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6693 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6694 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6695 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6701 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6705 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6706 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo_string
, frame
,
6707 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
6709 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6715 case ConfigureNotify
:
6716 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6719 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6721 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6722 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6723 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6724 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6725 do this one, the right one will come later.
6726 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6727 need to reset it below. */
6729 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6730 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6731 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6732 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6737 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6738 is called by the code that handles resizing
6739 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6741 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6742 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6743 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6744 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6745 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6746 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6747 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6749 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6750 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6751 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6753 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6756 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6757 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6760 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6761 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6762 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6763 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6766 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6767 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6768 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6770 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
);
6771 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6772 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6776 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6777 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6780 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6782 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6783 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6784 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6785 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6793 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6794 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6795 struct input_event emacs_event
;
6798 emacs_event
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6799 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6801 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6803 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6804 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6806 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6810 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6811 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6812 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6815 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6816 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6818 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6819 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6821 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6822 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6824 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6825 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6826 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6832 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6833 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6835 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6836 if (! popup_activated ())
6838 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
6843 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6844 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
6846 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6847 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6849 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6851 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6852 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6854 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6856 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6857 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6860 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6862 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6863 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6864 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6865 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6866 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6872 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6875 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6877 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6879 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
6885 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6886 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6887 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6888 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6889 Instead, save it away
6890 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6891 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6894 ! popup_activated ()
6897 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6898 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6899 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6900 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6901 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6902 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6903 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6904 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6906 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6907 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6909 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6912 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6914 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6918 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6919 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6920 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6922 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6924 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6925 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6926 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6931 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6934 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6938 case CirculateNotify
:
6941 case CirculateRequest
:
6944 case VisibilityNotify
:
6948 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6950 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6952 case MappingModifier
:
6953 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6954 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6955 case MappingKeyboard
:
6956 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6964 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6965 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6967 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6974 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6978 *numcharsp
= numchars
;
6985 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6986 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6987 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6989 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6991 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6995 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6996 struct input_event bufp
[10];
6997 struct input_event
*bufpp
;
6999 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7001 for (bufpp
= bufp
; bufpp
!= bufp
+ 10; bufpp
++)
7002 EVENT_INIT (*bufpp
);
7005 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7006 if (dpyinfo
->display
== display
)
7012 events
= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7017 for (i
= 0; i
< events
; ++i
)
7018 kbd_buffer_store_event (&bufp
[i
]);
7025 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7026 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7027 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7029 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7030 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7031 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7032 thus pretending to be `read'.
7034 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7037 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
7039 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
7040 /* register */ int numchars
;
7045 int event_found
= 0;
7046 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7048 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7050 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7054 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7057 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7058 input_signal_count
++;
7061 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
7065 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7066 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7067 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7069 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7071 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7072 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7073 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7074 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7075 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7076 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7079 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7080 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7081 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7082 for X connections. */
7085 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7087 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7088 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7089 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7090 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7092 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7096 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7097 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7099 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7100 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7105 count
+= x_session_check_input (bufp
, &numchars
);
7110 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7111 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7112 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7113 that is kind of ugly, but it works. */
7114 current_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7116 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7118 current_count
= count
;
7119 current_numcharsp
= &numchars
;
7120 current_bufp
= &bufp
;
7122 gtk_main_iteration ();
7124 count
= current_count
;
7126 current_numcharsp
= 0;
7128 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7132 #else /* not USE_GTK */
7133 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7137 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7140 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7141 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7146 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7152 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7155 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7160 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7161 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7164 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7165 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7166 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7168 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7172 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7173 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7175 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7177 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7178 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7182 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7184 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7185 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7187 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7188 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7199 /***********************************************************************
7201 ***********************************************************************/
7203 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7204 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7206 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7207 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7208 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7211 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7213 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7216 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7217 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7218 int window_y
, window_width
;
7220 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7222 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7223 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7224 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7225 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7226 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7228 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7232 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7235 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7237 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7239 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7240 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7241 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7244 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7247 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7249 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7250 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
7251 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
7252 h
= row
->height
- 1;
7254 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7255 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7256 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7257 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7260 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7261 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7262 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7264 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7265 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7266 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7267 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7268 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7270 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7271 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7272 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7273 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7274 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7276 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7277 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7278 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7280 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7281 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7282 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7283 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7287 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7289 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7290 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7291 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7295 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7297 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7299 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7301 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7302 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7304 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7305 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7307 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7308 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7311 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7312 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7313 the bar might not be in the window. */
7314 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7316 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7317 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7318 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7322 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7323 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7324 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7325 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7326 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7329 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7330 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7331 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7332 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7333 that the glyph is legible. */
7334 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7335 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7337 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7338 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7341 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7344 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7345 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7349 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7350 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7352 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7353 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7355 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7356 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7357 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7358 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7359 width
, row
->height
);
7361 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7362 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7363 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7364 row
->height
- width
),
7365 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7368 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7373 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7376 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7380 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7384 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7387 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7389 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7391 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7392 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7396 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7399 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7401 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7403 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7406 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7410 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7411 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7413 switch (cursor_type
)
7415 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7416 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7419 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7420 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7424 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7428 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7432 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7440 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7441 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7442 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7447 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7448 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7455 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7458 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7464 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7467 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7468 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7469 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7470 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7475 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file() if available,
7476 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7477 if (xg_set_icon(f
, file
))
7479 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7480 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7481 x_create_bitmap_mask(f
, bitmap_id
);
7485 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7486 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7488 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7489 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7490 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7491 x_create_bitmap_mask(f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7494 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7495 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7496 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7497 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7498 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7500 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7503 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7504 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7510 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7511 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7514 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7518 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7524 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7525 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7527 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7528 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7530 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7531 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7532 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7534 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7535 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7536 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7537 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7542 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7544 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7545 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7547 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7549 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7550 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7551 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7554 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7558 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7559 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7560 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7563 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7564 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7567 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7568 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7569 stored in x_error_message_string.
7571 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7572 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7574 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7576 void x_check_errors ();
7577 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7580 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7583 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7585 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7588 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7589 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7590 x_error_message_string
));
7592 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7593 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7598 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7601 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7602 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7606 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7608 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7610 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7614 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7615 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7616 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7619 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7623 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7626 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7627 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7630 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7631 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7634 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7637 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7640 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7643 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7646 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7649 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7652 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7653 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7654 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7655 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7658 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7662 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7666 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7669 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7674 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7675 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7676 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7677 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7678 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7681 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7682 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7685 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7686 must reestablish each time */
7687 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7692 /************************************************************************
7694 ************************************************************************/
7696 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7698 static char *error_msg
;
7700 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7701 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7702 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7705 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7707 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7711 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7712 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7715 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7717 char *error_message
;
7719 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7720 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7723 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7724 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7725 handling_signal
= 0;
7727 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7728 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7729 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7730 the original message here. */
7731 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7733 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7734 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7735 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7737 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7738 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7739 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7741 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7742 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7744 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7745 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7746 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7748 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7749 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7750 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7753 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7754 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7755 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7756 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7760 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7762 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7764 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7765 that are on the dead display. */
7766 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7768 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7770 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7771 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7772 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7773 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7774 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7775 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7778 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7779 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7780 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7781 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7782 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7783 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7785 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7786 trying to find a replacement. */
7787 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7788 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7792 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7794 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7796 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7798 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7799 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7803 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7805 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7807 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7808 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7810 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7811 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7815 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7816 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7817 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7820 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7824 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7826 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7827 original error handler. */
7829 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7830 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7831 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7832 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7836 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7837 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7840 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7844 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7845 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7847 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7851 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7852 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7853 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7856 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7861 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7862 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7866 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7868 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7869 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7870 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7871 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7874 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7876 register char *fontname
;
7878 struct font_info
*fontp
7879 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7884 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7885 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7886 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7888 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7889 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7891 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7893 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7894 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7896 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7897 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7898 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7902 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7903 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7906 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7907 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7909 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7910 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7911 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7912 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7913 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7914 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7916 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7917 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7918 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7919 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7920 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7923 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7926 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7927 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7928 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7929 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7932 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7936 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7942 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7943 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7945 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7947 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7949 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7950 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7953 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7954 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7958 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7959 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7962 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7966 /***********************************************************************
7968 ***********************************************************************/
7974 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7975 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7976 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7979 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7981 XPointer client_data
;
7984 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7985 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7989 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7990 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7992 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7993 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7995 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7996 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
7998 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
7999 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8004 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8005 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8006 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8010 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8013 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8014 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8017 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8018 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8021 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8022 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8023 char *resource_name
;
8030 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8037 XIMCallback destroy
;
8040 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8041 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8044 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8045 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8046 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8052 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8053 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8057 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8061 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8062 char *resource_name
;
8065 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8066 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8067 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8068 when the callback was registered. */
8071 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8073 XPointer client_data
;
8076 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8077 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8079 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8083 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8085 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8086 as they have no XIC. */
8087 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8089 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8092 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8094 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8096 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8097 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8099 create_frame_xic (f
);
8100 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8101 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8102 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8104 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8105 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8114 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8117 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8118 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8119 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8120 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8123 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8124 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8125 char *resource_name
;
8130 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8131 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8134 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8135 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8136 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8137 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8138 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8139 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8140 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8141 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8142 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8143 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8144 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8145 least, hence the configure test. */
8146 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8147 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8148 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8149 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8150 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8154 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8155 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8159 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8162 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8163 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8168 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8169 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8170 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8172 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8173 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8174 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8175 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8176 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8177 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8179 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8182 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8186 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8187 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8190 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8194 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8195 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8198 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8199 is already for the top-left corner. */
8200 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8203 this_window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8205 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
8206 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8207 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8208 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8213 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8216 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8217 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8219 /* From-window, to-window. */
8221 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
8223 /* From-position, to-position. */
8224 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8228 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
8230 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
8231 Window
*newchildren
;
8232 unsigned int nchildren
;
8234 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
8235 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
8238 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
8240 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
8246 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
8250 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8251 position that fits on the screen. */
8252 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8253 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8254 - 2 * f
->border_width
- win_x
8255 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8259 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8261 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8262 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8263 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8265 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8266 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8267 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8268 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8271 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8272 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8274 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8277 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8278 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8279 - 2 * f
->border_width
8285 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8286 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8287 so the flags should correspond. */
8288 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8291 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8292 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8293 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8294 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8295 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8298 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8300 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8303 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8305 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8309 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8311 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8313 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8314 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8316 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8319 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8321 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8322 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8323 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
8324 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
8325 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
8326 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
8327 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8329 modified_left
+= f
->border_width
;
8330 modified_top
+= f
->border_width
;
8334 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8335 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8339 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8340 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8342 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8345 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8347 int width
, height
, ign
;
8349 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8351 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8353 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8354 when setting WM manager hints.
8355 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8356 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
8357 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8359 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8360 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8361 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8363 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8364 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8369 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8370 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
8371 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8372 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8373 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8374 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8376 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
)
8379 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
)
8381 int expect_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8382 int expect_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8384 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8386 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8389 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8390 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8392 /* Just do this once */
8393 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
;
8398 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8399 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8400 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8401 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8404 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8409 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8411 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8412 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8413 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8415 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8416 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8417 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8419 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8421 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8422 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8424 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8425 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8427 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8428 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8429 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8431 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8432 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8433 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8434 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8436 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8437 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8438 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8439 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8440 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8442 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8444 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8445 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8446 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8448 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8449 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8450 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8451 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8452 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8454 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8458 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8459 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8460 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8461 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8464 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8472 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8473 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8475 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8478 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8480 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8481 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8482 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8483 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8484 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8485 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8486 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8487 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8488 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8491 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8493 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8495 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8497 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8499 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8500 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8502 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8503 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8504 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8505 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8506 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8511 /* Mouse warping. */
8514 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8520 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8521 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8523 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8524 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8526 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8527 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8531 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8532 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8536 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8539 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8545 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8546 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8550 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8553 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8556 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8560 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8561 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8562 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8563 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8564 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8573 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8574 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8575 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8576 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8580 /* Raise frame F. */
8586 if (f
->async_visible
)
8589 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8590 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8595 /* Lower frame F. */
8601 if (f
->async_visible
)
8604 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8605 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8611 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8621 /* Change of visibility. */
8623 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8624 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8625 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8626 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8627 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8628 finishes with it. */
8631 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8635 int original_top
, original_left
;
8636 int retry_count
= 2;
8642 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8644 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8646 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8648 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8649 call x_set_offset a second time
8650 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8651 before the window gets really visible. */
8652 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8653 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8654 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8656 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8658 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8659 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8660 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8661 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8662 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8663 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8665 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8666 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8668 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8669 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8670 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8671 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8672 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8673 to come back ok without this. */
8674 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8675 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8679 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8681 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8682 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8683 so that incoming events are handled. */
8687 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8688 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8689 will set it when they are handled. */
8690 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8692 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8693 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8695 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8698 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8700 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8701 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8702 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8703 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8705 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8706 because the window manager may choose the position
8707 and we don't want to override it. */
8709 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8710 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8711 && previously_visible
)
8715 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8719 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8720 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8721 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8722 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8723 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8724 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8725 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8726 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8727 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8729 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8730 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8731 original_left
, original_top
);
8736 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8738 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8739 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8740 MapNotify at all.. */
8741 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8742 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8744 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8747 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8748 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8749 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8750 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8751 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8753 if (input_polling_used ())
8755 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8756 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8757 handler reset it. */
8758 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8759 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8760 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8761 poll_for_input_1 ();
8762 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8765 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8766 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8771 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8775 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8776 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8777 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8778 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8780 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8785 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8787 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8790 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8795 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8796 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8798 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8799 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8800 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8802 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8803 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8809 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8810 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8811 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8812 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8813 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8814 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8817 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8818 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8824 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8825 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8827 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8828 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8830 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8832 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8833 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8837 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8838 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8839 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8840 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8841 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8842 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8844 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8847 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8848 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8852 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8853 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8854 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8857 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8858 just by the event that we get from the server.
8859 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8860 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8861 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8863 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8864 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8865 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8872 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8881 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8882 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8883 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8885 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8890 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8892 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8894 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8897 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8899 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8900 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8902 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8905 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8906 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8912 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8914 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8916 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8917 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8918 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8919 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8920 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8921 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8922 so we have to record it here. */
8925 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8926 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8931 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8932 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8933 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8937 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8939 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8940 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8944 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8946 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8948 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8949 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8950 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8951 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8953 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8954 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8956 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8957 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8961 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8962 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8963 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8964 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8965 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8967 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8968 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8970 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8973 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8974 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8978 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8980 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8982 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8984 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8985 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8988 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8989 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8991 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8993 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8997 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9000 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9003 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9005 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9009 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9010 commands to the X server. */
9011 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9013 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9014 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9016 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9017 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9018 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9019 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9020 toolkit scroll bars. */
9021 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9023 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9024 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9033 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9034 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9036 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9037 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9039 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9040 we are using a toolkit. */
9041 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9042 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9044 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9045 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9048 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9049 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9050 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9052 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9053 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9054 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9056 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9058 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9059 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9060 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9062 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9063 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9064 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9065 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9066 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9067 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9069 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9070 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9071 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9072 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9073 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9074 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9075 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9076 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9077 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9078 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9079 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9080 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9081 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9082 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9083 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9085 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9086 free_frame_faces (f
);
9089 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9092 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9093 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9095 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9096 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9098 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9099 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9100 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9101 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9102 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9103 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9105 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9107 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9108 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9109 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9110 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9111 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9112 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9113 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9120 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9123 x_destroy_window (f
)
9126 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9128 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9129 commands to the X server. */
9130 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9131 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9133 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9137 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9139 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9140 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9141 that the window now has.
9142 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9143 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9144 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9148 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9153 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9155 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9158 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9161 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9163 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9164 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9166 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9167 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9169 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9170 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9171 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9172 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9173 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9174 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9175 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9176 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9177 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9178 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9180 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9181 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9182 size_hints
.max_width
9183 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9184 size_hints
.max_height
9185 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9187 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9189 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9190 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9191 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9193 int base_width
, base_height
;
9194 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9196 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9197 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9199 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9201 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9202 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9203 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9204 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9205 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9207 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9208 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9209 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9212 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9213 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9214 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9215 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9216 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9218 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9219 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9223 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9226 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9229 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9232 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9233 long supplied_return
;
9237 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9240 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9243 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9244 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9245 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9246 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9247 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9251 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9256 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9257 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9258 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9259 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9260 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9261 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9262 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9263 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9267 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9272 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9273 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9277 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9278 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9280 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9283 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9285 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9288 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9290 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9293 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9297 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9300 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9301 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9302 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9303 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9305 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9308 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9309 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9313 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9317 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9319 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9320 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9325 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9326 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9327 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9328 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9332 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9333 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9334 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9335 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9336 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9337 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9338 best to explicitly give up. */
9340 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9341 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9347 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9351 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9352 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9353 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9354 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9357 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9359 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9360 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9362 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9366 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9370 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9372 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9373 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9374 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9376 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9380 /***********************************************************************
9382 ***********************************************************************/
9384 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9387 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9391 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9395 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9397 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9400 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9402 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9403 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9404 on how many fonts to match. */
9407 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9409 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9413 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9414 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9416 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9417 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9418 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9420 int allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 0;
9424 allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 1;
9428 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9429 if (NILP (patterns
))
9430 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9432 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9433 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9434 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9436 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9439 char **names
= NULL
;
9441 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9442 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9443 The cache is an alist of the form:
9444 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9445 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9446 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9447 allow_scalable_fonts_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9448 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9451 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9452 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9456 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9459 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9461 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9464 unsigned long value
;
9466 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9467 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9469 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9470 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9472 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9476 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9478 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9479 int len
= strlen (name
);
9482 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9483 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9484 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9486 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9490 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9491 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9493 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9494 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9499 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9502 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9505 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9507 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9508 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9515 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9516 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9519 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9528 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9531 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9533 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9534 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9536 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9540 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9547 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9548 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9549 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9553 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
9555 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9556 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
9557 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
9558 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
9564 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9566 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9567 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9570 if (allow_scalable_fonts_p
9571 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
9573 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9574 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9576 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9577 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9578 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9580 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9581 width of this font. */
9582 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9584 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9585 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9590 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9593 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9598 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9599 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9600 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9603 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9605 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9606 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9607 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9613 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9617 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9621 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9623 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9624 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9625 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9628 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9629 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9630 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9631 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9633 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9634 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9636 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9638 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9644 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9646 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9648 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9652 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9653 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9654 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9655 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9658 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9659 if (found_size
== size
)
9660 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9661 else if (found_size
> 0)
9663 if (NILP (second_best
))
9665 else if (found_size
< size
)
9667 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9668 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9673 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9674 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9679 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9681 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9683 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9694 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9698 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9705 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9707 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9708 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9709 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9712 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9715 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9717 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9718 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9719 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9720 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9721 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9724 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9728 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9729 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9731 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9732 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9733 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9735 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9739 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9740 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9741 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9742 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9743 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9746 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9750 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9752 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9753 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9755 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9756 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9758 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9759 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9761 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9764 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9765 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9766 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9768 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9769 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9772 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9773 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9775 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9776 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9777 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9781 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9782 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9783 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9784 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9787 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9789 register char *fontname
;
9792 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9793 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9796 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9797 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9798 we already have by comparing names. */
9799 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9801 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9806 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9807 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9808 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9809 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9810 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9811 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9812 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9813 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9816 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9820 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9821 unsigned long value
;
9824 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9825 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9826 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9827 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9828 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9829 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9830 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9833 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9834 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9835 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9837 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9838 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9840 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9842 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9847 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9848 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9849 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9852 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9853 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9854 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9857 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9858 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9860 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9863 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9864 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9867 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9870 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9871 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9872 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9874 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9876 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9878 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9882 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9883 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9885 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9896 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9897 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9904 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9906 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9908 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9909 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9911 if (NILP (font_names
))
9913 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9914 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9915 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9916 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9917 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9918 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9921 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9923 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9924 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9926 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9929 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9931 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9933 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9934 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9936 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9940 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9941 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9942 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9943 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9944 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9945 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9946 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9947 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9949 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9951 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9952 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9953 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9954 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9955 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9957 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9958 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9959 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9960 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9961 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9962 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9963 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9964 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9965 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9966 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9967 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9968 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9969 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9971 fontp
->baseline_offset
9972 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9973 ? (long) value
: 0);
9974 fontp
->relative_compose
9975 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9976 ? (long) value
: 0);
9977 fontp
->default_ascent
9978 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9979 ? (long) value
: 0);
9981 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9982 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9983 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9984 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9985 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9986 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9993 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9994 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9997 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9999 register char *fontname
;
10001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10004 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10005 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10006 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10007 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10008 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10013 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10014 `encoder' of the structure. */
10017 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10018 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10020 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10023 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10027 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10028 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10030 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10037 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10038 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10040 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10043 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10049 /***********************************************************************
10051 ***********************************************************************/
10053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10054 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10055 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10056 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10058 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10059 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10060 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10062 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10063 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10064 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10065 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10066 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10067 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10068 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10070 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10072 static int x_initialized
;
10074 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10075 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10076 the screen number from the server number. */
10078 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10079 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10081 int seen_colon
= 0;
10082 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10083 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10084 int length_until_period
= 0;
10086 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10087 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10088 length_until_period
++;
10090 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10091 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10093 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10095 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10096 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10097 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10098 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10099 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10100 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10101 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10102 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10103 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10104 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10105 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10106 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10107 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10108 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10110 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10114 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10118 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10119 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10123 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10124 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10127 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10128 unsigned long mask
;
10135 while (!(mask
& 1))
10151 struct x_display_info
*
10152 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10153 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10155 char *resource_name
;
10159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10164 if (!x_initialized
)
10172 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10174 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10175 char **argv2
= argv
;
10178 /* GTK 2.0 can only handle one display, GTK 2.2 can handle more
10179 than one, but this remains to be implemented. */
10180 if (x_initialized
> 1)
10183 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10187 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10189 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10191 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10192 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10195 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10196 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10199 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10202 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10204 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10208 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10210 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10211 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10213 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10215 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10216 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10217 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10219 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10220 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10221 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name(s
, Qnil
);
10223 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10224 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10229 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10230 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10232 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10233 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10234 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10236 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10237 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10238 So let's not use it until R6. */
10239 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10240 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10251 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10252 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10254 turn_on_atimers (0);
10255 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10256 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10257 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10259 turn_on_atimers (1);
10261 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10262 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10267 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10269 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10271 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10272 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10273 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10275 /* Detect failure. */
10282 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10284 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10285 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10287 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10289 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10292 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10293 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10294 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10295 SDATA (display_name
)))
10298 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10301 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10302 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10303 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10305 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10307 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10308 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10309 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10313 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10314 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10315 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10316 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10317 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10318 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10319 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10321 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10325 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10326 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10327 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10329 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10330 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10331 x_display_name_list
);
10332 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10334 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10337 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10341 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10342 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10344 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10345 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10347 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10348 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10350 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10351 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10352 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10354 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10355 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10356 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10357 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10359 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10361 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10363 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10365 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10366 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10367 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10368 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10369 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10370 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10371 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10372 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10373 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10374 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10375 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10376 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10377 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10378 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10379 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10380 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10381 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10382 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10383 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10384 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10385 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10386 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10387 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10388 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10389 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10390 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10391 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10392 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10393 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10394 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10395 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10396 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10398 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10399 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10400 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10402 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10404 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10405 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10406 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10407 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10408 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10409 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10412 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10413 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10415 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10418 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10419 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10420 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10422 if (STRINGP (value
)
10423 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10424 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10425 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10429 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10430 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10433 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10434 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10435 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10436 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10437 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10438 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10439 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10454 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10455 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10456 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10457 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10459 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10461 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10462 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10463 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10465 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10467 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10468 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10469 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10471 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10472 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10473 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10475 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10476 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10477 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10479 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10484 /* For properties of font. */
10485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10486 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10487 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10488 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10490 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10491 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10492 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10494 /* Ghostscript support. */
10495 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10498 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10501 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10503 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10504 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10509 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10511 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10512 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10513 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10518 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10519 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10521 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10523 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10524 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10528 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10531 #ifdef subprocesses
10532 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10533 if (connection
!= 0)
10534 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10537 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10539 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10540 /* stdin is a socket here */
10541 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10542 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10543 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10544 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10545 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10546 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10549 if (interrupt_input
)
10550 init_sigio (connection
);
10551 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10554 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10555 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10556 so that Xt does not crash. */
10558 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10559 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10563 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10564 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10565 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10566 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10567 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10568 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10569 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10570 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10572 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10573 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10574 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10579 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10580 for debugging X code. */
10583 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10584 build_string ("synchronous"),
10585 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10587 if (STRINGP (value
)
10588 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10589 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10590 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10595 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10596 build_string ("useXIM"),
10597 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10600 if (STRINGP (value
)
10601 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10602 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10605 if (STRINGP (value
)
10606 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10607 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10613 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10614 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10615 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10623 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10624 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10627 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10628 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10630 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10632 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10633 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10634 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10635 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10636 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10641 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10642 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10644 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10646 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10649 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10653 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10654 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10656 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10657 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10660 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10662 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10663 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10664 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10667 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10668 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10669 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10672 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10673 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10674 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10678 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10681 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10682 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10683 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10687 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10689 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10690 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10691 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10692 that slows us down. */
10695 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10696 struct atimer
*timer
;
10698 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10701 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10702 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10707 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10710 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10712 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10714 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10716 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10720 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10722 x_after_update_window_line
,
10723 x_update_window_begin
,
10724 x_update_window_end
,
10730 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10732 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10733 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10734 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10735 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10738 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10739 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10740 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10741 x_clear_frame_area
,
10742 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10743 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10744 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10750 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10752 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10753 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10754 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10755 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10756 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10757 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10758 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10759 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10760 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10761 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10762 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10763 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10764 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10765 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10766 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10767 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10768 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10769 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10771 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10772 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10773 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10774 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10775 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10780 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10781 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10783 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10784 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10786 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10787 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10789 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10791 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10792 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10793 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10794 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10795 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10796 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10797 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10799 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10801 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10802 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10803 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10804 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10805 widgets don't behave normally. */
10807 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10808 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10809 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10813 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10815 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10816 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10820 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10821 original error handler. */
10822 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10823 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10825 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10827 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10828 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10830 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10837 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10838 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10840 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10841 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10843 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10844 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10846 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10847 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10849 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10850 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10851 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10852 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10854 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10855 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10857 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10858 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10859 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10860 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10861 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10862 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10863 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10865 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10866 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10867 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10868 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10869 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10871 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10872 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10873 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10875 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10877 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10880 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10883 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10884 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10886 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10887 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10888 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10889 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10890 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10891 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10892 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10893 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10894 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10896 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10897 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10898 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10899 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10900 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10901 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10903 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10904 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10905 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10906 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10907 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10908 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10910 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10911 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10912 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10913 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10914 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10915 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10917 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10918 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10919 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10920 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10921 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10922 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10924 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10925 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10926 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10927 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10928 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10932 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10934 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10935 (do not change this comment) */